1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
70 #include "character.h"
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
104 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
106 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
109 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
110 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
113 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
115 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
116 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
121 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
123 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
124 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
126 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
128 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
129 #if defined USE_MOTIF
130 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
131 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
132 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
135 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
137 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
138 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
140 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
141 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
143 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
144 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
145 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
146 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
148 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
150 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
151 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
152 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
157 #ifndef XtNinitialState
158 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
162 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
166 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
171 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
173 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
175 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
178 static int any_help_event_p
;
180 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
181 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
183 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
185 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
187 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
189 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
191 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
194 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
196 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
197 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
198 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
199 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
201 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
203 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
204 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
205 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
206 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
208 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
210 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
212 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
215 /* The application context for Xt use. */
216 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
217 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
218 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
220 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
222 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
224 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
225 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
227 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
229 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
230 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
231 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
233 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
237 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
238 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
239 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
240 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
242 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
244 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
245 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
246 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
247 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
248 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
249 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
250 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
251 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
252 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
255 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
257 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
258 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
259 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
261 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
263 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
264 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
267 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
268 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
271 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
273 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
274 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
275 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
276 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
277 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
278 it's somewhat accurate. */
280 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
282 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
284 static Time last_user_time
;
286 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
290 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
292 static int input_signal_count
;
295 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
297 static int x_noop_count
;
299 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
301 extern char **initial_argv
;
302 extern int initial_argc
;
304 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
306 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
308 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
310 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
314 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
316 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
318 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
320 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
321 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
322 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
324 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
325 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
327 /* Used in x_flush. */
329 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
331 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
332 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
334 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
335 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
336 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
337 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
339 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
340 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
341 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
342 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
343 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
346 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
347 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
348 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
352 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
353 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
354 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
355 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
356 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
357 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
358 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
359 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
360 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
362 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
363 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
364 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
365 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
366 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
367 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
368 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
369 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
370 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
372 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
373 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
374 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
375 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
376 int *, struct input_event
*));
377 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
378 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
379 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
382 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
388 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
389 connection may be broken. */
390 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
396 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
397 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
398 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
399 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
401 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
402 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
407 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
408 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
409 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
410 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
411 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
414 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
417 /***********************************************************************
419 ***********************************************************************/
423 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
424 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
432 struct record event_record
[100];
434 int event_record_index
;
436 record_event (locus
, type
)
440 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
441 event_record_index
= 0;
443 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
444 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
445 event_record_index
++;
452 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
454 struct x_display_info
*
455 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
458 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
460 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
461 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
469 /***********************************************************************
470 Starting and ending an update
471 ***********************************************************************/
473 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
474 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
475 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
476 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
477 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
487 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
488 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
492 x_update_window_begin (w
)
495 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
496 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
499 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
503 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
505 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
506 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
508 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
510 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
511 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
513 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
514 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
515 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
516 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
517 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
518 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
520 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
521 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
522 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
523 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
524 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
525 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
526 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
530 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
531 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
534 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
535 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
544 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
547 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
551 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
554 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
556 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
559 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
560 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
563 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
565 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
566 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
568 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
569 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
570 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
572 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
573 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
577 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
579 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
581 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
583 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
588 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
590 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
592 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
593 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
598 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
599 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
600 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
602 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
603 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
604 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
607 updated_window
= NULL
;
611 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
618 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
619 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
623 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
629 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
630 complete update has been performed. The global variable
631 updated_window is not available here. */
634 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
639 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
641 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
642 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
645 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
646 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
647 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
648 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
649 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
656 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
657 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
658 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
659 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
660 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
661 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
664 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
665 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
667 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
673 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
674 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
676 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
677 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
678 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
679 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
680 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
681 overhead is very small. */
682 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
683 && desired_row
->full_width_p
684 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
685 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
687 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
690 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
692 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
693 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
694 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
698 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
699 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
700 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
701 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
702 y
, width
, height
, False
);
708 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
710 struct glyph_row
*row
;
711 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
713 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
714 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
715 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
716 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
717 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
720 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
721 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
724 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
727 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
728 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
729 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
730 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
732 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
735 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
739 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
741 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
742 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
743 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
744 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
746 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
748 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
750 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
751 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
752 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
753 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
754 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
755 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
756 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
757 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
759 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
763 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
764 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
765 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
769 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
770 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
771 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
772 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
776 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
778 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
779 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
781 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
786 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
788 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
789 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
791 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
792 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
797 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
798 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
801 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
807 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
808 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
812 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
814 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
816 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
818 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
820 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
821 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
823 face
->background
, depth
);
827 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
828 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
831 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
832 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
833 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
834 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
837 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
838 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
839 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
843 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
844 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
845 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
849 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
854 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
855 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
856 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
860 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
864 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
865 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
868 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
874 /***********************************************************************
876 ***********************************************************************/
878 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
880 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*,
881 struct charset
*, int *));
884 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
885 is not contained in the font. */
888 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
891 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
893 /* The result metric information. */
894 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
896 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
898 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
900 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
902 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
903 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
904 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
905 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
906 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
907 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
908 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
909 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
910 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
911 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
915 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
916 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
917 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
918 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
920 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
921 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
925 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
927 \ = integer modulus */
928 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
929 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
930 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
931 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
933 pcm
= (font
->per_char
934 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
935 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
936 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
942 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
943 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
944 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
945 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
946 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
947 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
951 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
956 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
957 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
960 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, charset
, two_byte_p
)
963 struct font_info
*font_info
;
964 struct charset
*charset
;
967 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
969 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
970 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
972 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
974 /* It's a program. */
975 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
977 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
978 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
980 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
981 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
986 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
987 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
988 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
991 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, Qnil
);
993 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
995 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
996 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, ccl
->reg
[1]);
998 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, ccl
->reg
[1], ccl
->reg
[2]);
1000 else if (font_info
->encoding_type
)
1002 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1003 encoding numbers. */
1004 unsigned char enc
= font_info
->encoding_type
;
1006 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
1007 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
1008 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
1010 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
1011 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
1015 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
1017 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
1022 /***********************************************************************
1024 ***********************************************************************/
1028 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1029 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1030 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
1032 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1033 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1034 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1035 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1036 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1037 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1038 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1039 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1040 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
1041 unsigned long *, double, int));
1042 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
1043 double, int, unsigned long));
1044 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1045 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1046 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1047 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1048 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
1049 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
1051 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
1052 int, int, int, int, int, int,
1054 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
1055 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
1058 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
1062 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1067 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1069 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1070 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1071 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1073 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1076 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1080 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1081 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1083 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1084 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1085 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1086 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1087 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1088 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1089 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1091 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1092 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1093 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1095 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1096 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1099 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1100 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1101 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1102 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1104 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1105 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1108 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1109 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1111 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1116 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1119 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1120 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1125 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1126 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1127 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1129 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1131 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1132 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1134 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1135 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1136 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1138 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1139 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1140 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1141 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1142 else if (enable_font_backend
)
1143 /* No need of setting a font for s->gc. */
1144 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1145 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1148 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1153 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1154 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1155 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1156 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1157 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1158 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1160 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1161 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1164 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1165 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1167 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1170 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1174 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1175 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1176 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1179 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1182 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1186 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1187 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1191 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1192 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1194 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1196 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1198 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1199 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1201 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1203 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1204 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1206 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1208 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1211 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1213 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1214 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1216 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1217 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1219 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1220 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1224 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1225 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1228 /* GC must have been set. */
1229 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1233 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1234 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1237 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1238 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1240 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1241 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1245 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1248 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1249 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1255 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1256 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1260 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1261 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1265 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1266 if (enable_font_backend
)
1269 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1271 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1277 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1278 struct glyph_string
*clip_head
= src
->clip_head
;
1279 struct glyph_string
*clip_tail
= src
->clip_tail
;
1281 /* This foces clipping just this glyph string. */
1282 src
->clip_head
= src
->clip_tail
= src
;
1283 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (src
, &r
);
1284 src
->clip_head
= clip_head
, src
->clip_tail
= clip_tail
;
1285 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1287 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1288 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1293 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1296 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1297 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1300 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1303 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1305 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1306 if (enable_font_backend
)
1308 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1309 struct font
*font
= (struct font
*) s
->font_info
;
1310 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1313 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1314 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1315 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1316 cs
.rbearing
= metrics
.rbearing
;
1317 cs
.lbearing
= metrics
.lbearing
;
1318 cs
.width
= metrics
.width
;
1321 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1322 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1323 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1324 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1325 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1329 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1330 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1335 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1338 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1339 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1343 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1344 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1345 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1346 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1350 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1351 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1352 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1353 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1354 contains the first component of a composition. */
1357 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1358 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1361 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1362 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1363 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1365 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1369 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1370 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1371 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1372 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1373 s
->background_width
,
1374 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1375 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1376 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1378 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1379 || s
->font_not_found_p
1380 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1383 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1384 s
->background_width
,
1385 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1386 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1392 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1395 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1396 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1400 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1401 of S to the right of that box line. */
1402 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1403 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1404 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1408 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1410 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1412 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1414 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1415 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1416 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1418 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1421 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1422 else if (enable_font_backend
)
1424 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1425 struct font
*font
= (struct font
*) s
->font_info
;
1428 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1429 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1431 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1433 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1434 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1436 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1437 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1438 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1440 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1443 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1444 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1446 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1447 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1449 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1451 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1452 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1454 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1455 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1456 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1457 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1458 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1460 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1462 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1464 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1465 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1467 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1468 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1473 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1474 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1476 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1477 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1480 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1482 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1483 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1485 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1486 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1488 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1489 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1494 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1497 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1498 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1502 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1503 of S to the right of that box line. */
1504 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1505 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1506 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1510 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1511 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1512 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1513 this composition. */
1515 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1516 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1517 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1520 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1521 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1523 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1524 else if (enable_font_backend
)
1526 struct font
*font
= (struct font
*) s
->font_info
;
1530 if (s
->cmp
->method
== COMPOSITION_WITH_GLYPH_STRING
)
1532 Lisp_Object gstring
= AREF (XHASH_TABLE (composition_hash_table
)
1534 s
->cmp
->hash_index
* 2);
1537 for (i
= from
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1539 Lisp_Object g
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1540 Lisp_Object adjustment
= LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (g
);
1541 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1543 if (! VECTORP (adjustment
))
1545 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (g
);
1550 font
->driver
->draw (s
, from
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1553 xoff
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 0));
1554 yoff
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 1));
1555 wadjust
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 2));
1557 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1563 font
->driver
->draw (s
, from
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1567 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->gidx
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1568 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1570 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1571 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1573 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1574 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1575 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1579 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1582 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->gidx
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1585 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1586 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2],
1587 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1],
1589 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1590 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1591 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2] + 1,
1592 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1],
1599 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1601 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1602 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1603 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1604 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1605 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1608 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1609 cannot be determined. */
1611 static struct frame
*
1612 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1615 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1619 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1621 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1622 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1623 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1624 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1625 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1626 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1628 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1629 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1630 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1631 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1632 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1634 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1635 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1636 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1643 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1644 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1645 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1646 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1649 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1654 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1655 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1659 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1660 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1661 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1662 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1663 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1664 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1667 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1671 unsigned long *pixel
;
1675 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1676 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1680 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1681 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1683 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1685 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1687 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1692 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1693 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1695 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1698 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1700 DPY is the display we are working on.
1702 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1703 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1704 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1705 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1707 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1708 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1710 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1711 we allocated the color or not.
1713 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1716 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1720 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1721 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1731 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1732 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1734 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1738 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1739 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1740 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1742 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1744 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1745 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1747 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1749 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1750 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1752 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1753 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1755 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1756 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1761 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1763 params
[0] = color_name
;
1764 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1765 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1766 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1771 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1773 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1775 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1779 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1783 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1784 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1787 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1792 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1793 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1794 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1796 APP is the application context in which we work.
1798 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1799 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1800 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1802 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1805 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1814 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1816 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1819 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1821 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1822 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1823 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1824 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1825 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1830 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1833 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1834 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1835 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1836 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1838 static const XColor
*
1839 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1843 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1845 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1847 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1850 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1851 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1852 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1853 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1854 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1856 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1857 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1859 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1860 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1863 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1864 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1868 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1869 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1872 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1877 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1879 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1882 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1884 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1885 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1886 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1887 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1891 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1895 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1896 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1899 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1903 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1907 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1908 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1909 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1913 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1920 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1923 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1924 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1925 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1926 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1928 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1930 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1932 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1934 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1935 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1936 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1937 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1939 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1942 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1946 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1947 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1948 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1949 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1953 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1954 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1955 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1956 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1957 XColor
*cached_color
;
1959 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1960 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1961 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1962 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1963 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1965 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1966 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1967 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1971 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1973 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1974 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1980 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1981 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1982 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1986 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1991 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1992 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1996 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1997 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1998 get color reference counts right. */
2001 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
2003 unsigned long pixel
;
2007 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2009 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2010 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
2012 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2013 register_color (pixel
);
2019 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2020 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2021 get color reference counts right. */
2024 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
2027 unsigned long pixel
;
2031 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2033 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
2034 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
2036 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2037 register_color (pixel
);
2043 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
2046 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
2047 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
2048 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
2049 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
2050 use an additional additive factor.
2052 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
2053 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
2054 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
2057 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2058 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2059 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2060 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2061 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2062 Value is non-zero if successful. */
2065 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
2069 unsigned long *pixel
;
2077 /* Get RGB color values. */
2078 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
2079 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2081 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
2082 xassert (factor
>= 0);
2083 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
2084 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
2085 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
2087 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
2088 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
2090 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
2091 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
2092 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
2093 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
2094 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
2096 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
2097 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
2098 /* The additive adjustment. */
2099 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
2103 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
2104 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
2105 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
2109 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
2110 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
2111 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
2115 /* Try to allocate the color. */
2116 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2119 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
2121 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
2122 delta to the RGB values. */
2123 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
2125 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
2126 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
2127 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
2128 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2139 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
2140 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
2141 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
2142 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
2143 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
2144 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
2147 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
2149 struct relief
*relief
;
2152 unsigned long default_pixel
;
2155 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
2156 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2157 unsigned long pixel
;
2158 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
2159 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2160 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2161 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2163 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2164 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
2166 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
2167 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
2168 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
2170 && relief
->allocated_p
)
2172 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
2173 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
2176 /* Allocate new color. */
2177 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
2179 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
2180 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
2182 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
2183 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
2186 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
2188 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
2190 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
2193 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2197 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2200 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
2201 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2203 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2204 unsigned long color
;
2206 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2207 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2208 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2210 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2211 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2216 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2217 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2218 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2221 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2222 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2224 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2225 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2226 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2227 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2228 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2233 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2234 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2235 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2236 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2237 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2238 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2242 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2243 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2245 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2246 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2247 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2249 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2250 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2255 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2257 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2258 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2262 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2263 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2264 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2265 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2269 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2270 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2271 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2273 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2275 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2277 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2278 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2282 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2283 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2284 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2285 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2289 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2290 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2291 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2293 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2297 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2298 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2299 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2300 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2301 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2302 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2305 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2306 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2307 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2308 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2309 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2313 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2314 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2315 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2318 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2319 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2323 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2324 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2327 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2328 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2332 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2333 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2335 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2336 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2340 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2343 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2344 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2346 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2347 int left_p
, right_p
;
2348 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2349 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2351 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2352 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2353 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2355 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2356 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2358 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2360 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2361 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2363 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2365 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2367 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2369 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2370 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2372 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2373 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2374 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2376 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2378 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2380 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2381 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2382 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2385 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2386 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2387 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2392 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2395 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2396 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2399 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2401 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2402 right of that line. */
2403 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2404 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2406 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2408 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2410 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2411 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2412 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2413 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2419 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2420 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2421 trust on the shape extension to be available
2422 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2424 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2427 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2429 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2430 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2431 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2432 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2433 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2435 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2438 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2439 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2440 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2441 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2442 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2443 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2447 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2449 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2452 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2453 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2454 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2455 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2456 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2457 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2459 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2460 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2461 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2462 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2463 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2464 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2465 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2467 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2469 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2471 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2472 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2477 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2478 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2479 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2483 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2486 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2487 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2489 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2492 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2494 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2495 right of that line. */
2496 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2497 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2499 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2501 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2503 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2504 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2505 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2506 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2508 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2509 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2511 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2512 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2516 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2517 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2522 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2523 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2525 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2526 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2527 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2529 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2531 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2536 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2539 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2540 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2544 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2546 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2547 right of that line. */
2548 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2549 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2551 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2553 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2555 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2556 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2557 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2558 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2564 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2565 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2566 trust on the shape extension to be available
2567 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2569 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2573 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2574 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2575 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2576 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2577 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2579 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2580 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2581 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2582 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2586 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2587 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2588 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2590 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2591 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2592 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2593 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2594 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2595 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2596 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2598 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2600 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2601 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2602 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2607 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2608 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2609 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2613 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2614 give the rectangle to draw. */
2617 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2618 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2623 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2624 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2625 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2626 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2629 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2633 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2636 s->x +-------------------------
2639 | +-------------------------
2642 | | +-------------------
2648 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2649 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2651 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2652 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2654 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2657 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2658 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2659 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2660 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2662 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2663 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2665 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2666 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2670 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2671 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2675 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2676 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2677 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2678 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2679 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2681 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2682 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2683 s
->background_width
,
2686 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2688 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2690 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2693 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2694 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2695 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2696 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2697 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2698 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2699 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2704 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2706 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2707 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2708 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2709 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2717 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2719 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2721 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2722 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2724 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2727 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2730 /* Draw the foreground. */
2733 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2734 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2735 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2736 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2737 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2740 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2742 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2744 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2745 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2746 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2750 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2753 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2754 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2756 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2758 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2759 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2761 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2762 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2763 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2764 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2768 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2771 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2774 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2776 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2777 if (width
< background_width
)
2780 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2785 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2786 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2788 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2794 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2795 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2797 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2799 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2800 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2801 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2802 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2807 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2808 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2809 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2810 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2814 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2816 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2817 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2819 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2820 except for header line and mode line. */
2821 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2823 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2826 if (background_width
> 0)
2827 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2830 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2834 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2837 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2838 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2840 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2842 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2843 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2844 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2845 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2848 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2850 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
; next
;
2851 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2852 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2854 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2855 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2856 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2857 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
2858 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2859 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
2863 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2864 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2866 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2867 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2868 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2869 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2870 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2871 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2874 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2875 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2876 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2877 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2880 else if ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2881 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
))
2882 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2883 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2884 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2885 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2887 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2889 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2892 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2896 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2900 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2901 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2903 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2904 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2907 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2908 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2909 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2911 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2912 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2919 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2921 /* Draw underline. */
2922 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2924 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2927 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2928 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
2929 if (enable_font_backend
)
2930 /* In the future, we must use information of font. */
2933 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
2934 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2937 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
2938 if (enable_font_backend
)
2941 /* In the future, we must use information of font. */
2942 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2944 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2949 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2950 if (!x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2952 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2953 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2954 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2955 specs, and its default is
2957 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2958 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2960 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2961 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2962 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2963 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2964 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2968 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2969 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2970 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2974 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2975 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2976 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2977 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2978 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2982 /* Draw overline. */
2983 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2985 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2987 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2988 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2989 s
->background_width
, h
);
2993 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2994 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2995 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2996 s
->background_width
, h
);
2997 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3001 /* Draw strike-through. */
3002 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
3004 unsigned long h
= 1;
3005 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
3007 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
3008 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3013 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3014 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
3015 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3017 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3021 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
3022 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
3023 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3027 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
3029 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
3030 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
3031 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
3033 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
3034 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3035 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
3038 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
3039 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
3040 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3041 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3043 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3044 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
3046 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
3047 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
3048 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
3054 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3056 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
3057 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
3058 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
3060 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
3061 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3062 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
3065 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3066 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
3067 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3068 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3070 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3071 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
3073 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
3074 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3075 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
3080 /* Reset clipping. */
3081 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3082 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
3084 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
3087 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3090 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
3092 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
3094 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3095 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3096 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3100 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3104 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
3112 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3113 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3116 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
3123 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3124 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3128 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3131 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3133 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3135 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3136 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3137 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3139 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3140 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3142 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3144 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
3145 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
3146 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3148 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3155 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3157 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
3158 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
3160 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3163 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
3164 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
3167 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
3168 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
3170 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
3171 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
3172 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
3174 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
3175 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
3179 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3181 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3182 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3186 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3188 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3189 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3191 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3193 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3205 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3206 pixels into background pixels. */
3210 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3211 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3212 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3214 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3215 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3219 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3220 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3221 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3222 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3223 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3224 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3225 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3229 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3230 edge it is next to. */
3231 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3233 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3234 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3237 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3238 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3245 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3247 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3248 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3250 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3252 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3253 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3254 width
, flash_height
);
3255 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3257 (height
- flash_height
3258 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3259 width
, flash_height
);
3262 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3263 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3264 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3265 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3270 struct timeval wakeup
;
3272 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3274 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3275 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3276 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3277 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3279 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3281 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3283 struct timeval current
;
3284 struct timeval timeout
;
3286 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3288 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3289 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3292 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3294 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3296 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3297 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3301 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3302 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3304 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3306 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3307 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3308 width
, flash_height
);
3309 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3311 (height
- flash_height
3312 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3313 width
, flash_height
);
3316 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3317 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3318 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3319 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3321 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3329 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3332 /* Make audible bell. */
3337 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3339 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3341 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3348 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3349 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3356 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3357 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3358 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3359 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3362 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3365 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3370 /***********************************************************************
3372 ***********************************************************************/
3374 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3375 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3378 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3386 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3389 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3393 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3394 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3396 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3397 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3399 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3401 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3402 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3403 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3407 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3408 line at the bottom. */
3409 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3410 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3412 height
= run
->height
;
3416 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3418 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3419 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3421 height
= run
->height
;
3426 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3430 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3431 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3432 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3442 /***********************************************************************
3444 ***********************************************************************/
3451 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3452 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3453 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3454 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3456 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3457 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3459 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3463 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3466 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3467 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3468 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3469 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3471 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3472 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3474 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3477 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3478 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3479 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3480 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3481 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3484 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3485 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3486 struct frame
*frame
;
3488 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3490 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3492 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3493 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3494 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3496 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3497 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3500 selected_frame
= frame
;
3501 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3503 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3504 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3507 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3508 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3510 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3513 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3516 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3517 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3518 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3521 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3524 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3525 struct frame
*frame
;
3526 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3528 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3530 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3532 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3533 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3535 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3536 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3537 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3538 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3539 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3541 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3542 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3546 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3549 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3550 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3553 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3555 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3557 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3559 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3560 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3564 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3565 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3570 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3571 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3573 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3576 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3577 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3579 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3581 struct frame
*frame
;
3583 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3587 switch (event
->type
)
3592 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3594 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3596 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3597 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3598 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3599 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3601 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3607 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3608 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3609 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3610 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3616 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3619 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3620 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3622 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3625 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3626 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3627 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3629 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3630 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3631 the appropriate X display info. */
3634 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3635 struct frame
*frame
;
3637 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3641 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3642 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3644 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3646 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3648 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3649 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3650 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3651 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3652 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3654 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3655 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3659 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3661 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3664 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3665 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3666 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3672 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3674 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3676 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3677 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3679 int min_code
, max_code
;
3682 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3684 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3685 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3686 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3687 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3688 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3690 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3692 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3693 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3695 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3697 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3698 Alt keysyms are on. */
3700 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3701 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3703 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3705 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3706 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3708 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3710 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3714 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3718 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3720 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3726 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3727 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3732 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3733 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3738 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3739 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3740 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3741 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3746 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3747 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3748 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3749 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3753 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3754 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3755 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3756 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3757 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3766 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3767 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3769 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3770 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3773 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3774 make them just meta, not alt. */
3775 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3777 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3780 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3781 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3784 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3788 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3789 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3792 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3793 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3794 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3795 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3798 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3799 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3800 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3801 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3802 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3803 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3804 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3805 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3808 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3809 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3810 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3811 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3812 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3813 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3817 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3818 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3821 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3822 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3823 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3824 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3828 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3829 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3830 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3831 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3832 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3833 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3834 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3835 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3838 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3839 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3840 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3841 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3842 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3843 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3846 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3849 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3855 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3863 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3865 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3867 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3871 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3872 struct input_event
*result
;
3873 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3876 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3878 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3879 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3880 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3881 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3883 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3887 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3888 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3889 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3895 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3896 The input handler calls this.
3898 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3899 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3900 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3901 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3903 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3904 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3907 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3909 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3911 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3912 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3913 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3915 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3918 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3920 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3921 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3922 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3923 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3928 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3929 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3930 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3931 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3932 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3933 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3935 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3936 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3937 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3938 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3939 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3940 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3948 /************************************************************************
3950 ************************************************************************/
3953 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3955 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3956 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3957 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3958 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3959 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3964 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3965 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3967 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3968 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3969 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3970 position on the scroll bar.
3972 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3973 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3976 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3977 was at this position.
3979 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3981 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3985 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3988 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3989 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3991 unsigned long *time
;
3997 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3998 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
4004 Window dummy_window
;
4007 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
4009 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
4010 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4011 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
4012 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
4013 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
4015 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4017 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
4018 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4019 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
4021 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
4024 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
4025 a different screen. */
4028 /* The position on that root window. */
4031 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4034 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4036 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4038 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4039 containing the pointer. */
4043 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4047 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4048 structure is changing at the same time this function
4049 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4051 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4053 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
4054 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
4056 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4057 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4058 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4060 /* From-window, to-window. */
4061 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
4063 /* From-position, to-position. */
4064 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4068 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
4074 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4076 /* From-window, to-window. */
4079 /* From-position, to-position. */
4080 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4085 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4093 /* Now we know that:
4094 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4095 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4096 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4097 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4098 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4099 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4100 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4101 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4102 never use them in that case.) */
4104 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4105 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4107 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4108 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4111 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4112 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4114 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4117 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4120 x_uncatch_errors ();
4122 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4125 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4127 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4131 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4137 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4138 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4142 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4143 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4144 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4145 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4146 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4147 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4148 the frame are divided into. */
4150 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4151 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4156 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4157 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4158 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4168 /***********************************************************************
4170 ***********************************************************************/
4172 /* Scroll bar support. */
4174 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4176 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4179 static struct scroll_bar
*
4180 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
4186 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4187 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4188 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4190 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4192 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4194 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4195 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4196 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4199 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4202 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4204 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4205 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4206 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4207 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4208 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4211 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4212 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4213 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4214 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4221 #if defined USE_LUCID
4223 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4224 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4227 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4232 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4234 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4236 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4237 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4239 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4247 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4250 /************************************************************************
4252 ************************************************************************/
4254 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4256 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4257 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4258 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4259 struct scroll_bar
*));
4260 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4264 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4265 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4267 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4269 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4271 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4273 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4274 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4277 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4279 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4281 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4283 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4284 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4285 to avoid jerkyness. */
4287 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4289 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4290 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4291 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4292 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4295 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4298 XtPointer client_data
;
4302 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4308 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4309 end_action
= "Release";
4310 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4311 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4312 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4313 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4316 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4317 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4321 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4322 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4323 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4325 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4327 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4328 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4329 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4331 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4332 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4334 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4335 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4338 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4340 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4341 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4343 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4344 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4347 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4348 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4349 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4350 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4353 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4355 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4358 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4359 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4360 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4365 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4366 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4367 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4368 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4369 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4372 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4373 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4374 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4375 into that array in the event. */
4376 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4377 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4380 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4382 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4383 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4384 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4386 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4388 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4389 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4392 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4393 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4394 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4395 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4396 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4397 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4399 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4400 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4401 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4402 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4405 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4406 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4407 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4408 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4413 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4417 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4419 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4421 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4426 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4427 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4429 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4430 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4432 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4433 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4436 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4438 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4440 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4441 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4442 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4443 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4444 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4450 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4452 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4455 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4456 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4457 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4460 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4462 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4464 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4465 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4466 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4470 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4471 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4472 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4475 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4476 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4477 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4480 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4481 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4482 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4485 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4486 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4487 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4491 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4492 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4495 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4496 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4497 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4504 /* Get the slider size. */
4506 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4509 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4510 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4511 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4512 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4516 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4522 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4523 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4524 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4528 #elif defined USE_GTK
4530 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4531 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4534 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4538 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4544 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4545 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4547 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4549 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4552 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4554 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4560 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4562 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4564 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4566 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4567 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4569 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4571 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4572 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4574 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4576 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4577 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4579 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4581 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4582 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4586 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4587 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4588 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4589 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4594 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4595 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4596 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4600 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4602 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4603 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4604 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4608 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4610 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4612 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4613 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4615 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4618 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4620 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4624 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4626 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4627 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4628 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4629 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4630 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4632 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4634 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4636 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4637 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4638 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4639 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4643 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4644 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4645 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4646 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4647 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4648 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4649 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4652 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4654 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4656 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4657 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4658 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4662 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4664 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4667 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4668 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4670 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4671 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4672 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4673 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4675 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4677 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4678 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4679 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4680 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4683 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4685 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4687 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4688 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4692 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4694 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4696 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4699 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4704 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4707 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4709 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4715 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4716 unsigned long pixel
;
4721 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4722 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4723 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4724 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4725 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4726 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4727 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4728 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4730 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4733 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4737 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4740 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4744 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4745 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4747 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4748 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4750 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4752 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4754 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4756 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4758 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4760 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4763 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4764 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4766 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4767 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4768 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4769 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4771 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4773 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4774 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4775 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4776 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4777 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4778 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4779 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4780 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4782 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4785 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4789 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4792 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4796 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4798 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4799 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4801 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4802 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4803 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4805 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4807 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4809 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4810 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4811 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4813 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4816 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4817 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4818 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4819 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4820 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4821 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4823 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4827 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4828 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4829 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4831 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4833 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4836 /* Specify the colors. */
4837 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4840 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4843 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4846 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4852 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4853 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4857 char *val
= initial
;
4858 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4859 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4860 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4862 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4863 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4864 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4865 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4866 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4867 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4871 /* Define callbacks. */
4872 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4873 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4876 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4877 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4879 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4881 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4882 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4883 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4884 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4886 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4887 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4888 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4889 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4893 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4896 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4897 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4901 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4902 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4903 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4905 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4908 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4910 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4911 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4912 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4914 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4915 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4922 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4923 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4924 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4925 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4926 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4927 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4928 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4929 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4930 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4931 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4932 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4933 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4934 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4935 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4942 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4943 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4946 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4950 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4951 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4953 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4954 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4955 size
= max (size
, 1);
4957 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4958 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4959 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4961 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4963 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4969 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4970 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4974 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4976 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4977 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4978 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4982 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4983 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4984 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4987 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4988 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4990 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4991 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4992 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4993 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4995 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4996 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4999 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
5000 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
5001 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
5003 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
5007 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5011 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5013 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5017 /************************************************************************
5018 Scroll bars, general
5019 ************************************************************************/
5021 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
5022 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
5023 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
5026 static struct scroll_bar
*
5027 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
5029 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
5031 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5032 struct scroll_bar
*bar
5033 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
5037 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5038 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
5039 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5041 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
5045 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5046 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
5047 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
5049 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
5050 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
5052 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
5054 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
5056 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
5057 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
5058 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
5059 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5060 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5062 window_box_height (w
), False
);
5064 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5065 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
5066 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5068 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5070 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
5077 bar
->x_window
= window
;
5079 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5081 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5085 bar
->height
= height
;
5088 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5089 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
5091 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5092 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5094 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5095 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5096 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5098 /* Map the window/widget. */
5099 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5102 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5105 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5106 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5108 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
5109 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5110 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5111 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5112 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5114 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5115 max (height
, 1), 0);
5116 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5117 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5119 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5120 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5121 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5128 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5130 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5132 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5133 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5134 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5137 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5138 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5139 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5140 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5141 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5144 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
5145 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5149 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5150 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5151 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5152 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5154 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5156 && start
== bar
->start
5163 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5164 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5165 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5167 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5168 the distance between start and end. */
5170 int length
= end
- start
;
5174 else if (start
> top_range
)
5176 end
= start
+ length
;
5180 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5184 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5188 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5189 if (end
> top_range
)
5192 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5193 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5194 that many pixels tall. */
5195 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5197 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5198 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5200 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5201 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5202 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5203 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5204 inside_width
, start
,
5207 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5208 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5209 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5210 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5212 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5213 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5214 /* x, y, width, height */
5215 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5216 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5217 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5219 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5220 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5221 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5222 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5224 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5225 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5226 if (end
< inside_height
)
5227 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5228 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5229 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5230 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5231 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5239 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5241 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5245 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5246 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5248 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5251 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5253 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5254 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5255 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5256 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5258 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5261 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5262 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5268 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5269 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5270 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5274 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5276 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5278 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5279 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5280 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5281 int window_y
, window_height
;
5282 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5283 int fringe_extended_p
;
5286 /* Get window dimensions. */
5287 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5289 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5290 height
= window_height
;
5292 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5293 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5295 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5296 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5297 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5298 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5302 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5303 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5304 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5305 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5307 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5309 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5310 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5315 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5316 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5317 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5318 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5319 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5320 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5322 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5323 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5324 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5325 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5328 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5329 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5331 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5334 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5335 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5336 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5337 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5340 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5341 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5345 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5349 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5350 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5352 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5356 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5358 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5360 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5362 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5365 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5367 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5368 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5370 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5371 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5372 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5374 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5375 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5376 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5378 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5379 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5382 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5385 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5386 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5388 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5389 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5390 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5392 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5393 max (height
, 1), 0);
5394 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5396 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5398 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5399 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5400 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5402 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5403 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5405 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5406 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5407 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5411 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5412 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5413 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5416 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5417 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5418 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5420 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5421 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5422 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5423 rest
, height
, False
);
5425 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5426 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5430 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5435 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5437 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5439 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5443 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5445 /* Remember new settings. */
5446 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5448 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5449 bar
->height
= height
;
5454 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5455 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5457 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5458 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5459 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5461 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5463 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5466 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5469 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5470 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5471 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5474 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5476 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5480 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5481 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5482 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5483 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5484 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5485 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5486 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5488 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5489 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5490 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5493 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5496 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5497 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5500 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5501 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5502 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5503 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5504 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5505 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5506 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5511 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5512 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5515 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5516 struct window
*window
;
5518 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5521 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5522 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5525 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5527 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5528 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5529 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5531 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5533 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5534 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5536 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5537 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5538 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5540 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5541 one or the other! */
5545 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5547 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5548 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5550 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5552 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5553 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5554 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5557 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5558 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5561 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5564 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5566 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5568 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5569 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5570 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5572 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5574 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5576 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5579 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5582 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5583 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5587 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5588 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5589 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5591 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5595 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5596 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5599 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5600 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5601 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5602 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5606 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5608 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5609 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5610 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5611 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5613 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5614 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5616 /* x, y, width, height */
5618 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5621 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5622 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5623 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5624 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5629 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5631 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5632 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5634 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5639 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5640 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5642 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5644 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5647 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5648 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5649 emacs_event
->modifiers
5650 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5651 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5652 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5653 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5656 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5657 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5658 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5661 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5663 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5666 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5667 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5670 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5673 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5674 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5675 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5677 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5679 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5680 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5681 whether or not we're dragging. */
5683 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5685 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5686 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5687 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- bar
->start
);
5690 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5691 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5692 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5693 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5695 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5696 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5698 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5699 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5703 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5705 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5707 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5708 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5710 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5712 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5715 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5719 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5721 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5723 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5727 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5728 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5731 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5733 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5736 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5738 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5739 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5741 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5742 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5744 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5746 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5748 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5753 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5755 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5756 on the scroll bar. */
5759 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5761 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5762 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5764 unsigned long *time
;
5766 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5767 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5768 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5770 Window dummy_window
;
5772 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5776 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5778 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5780 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5781 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5782 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5784 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5787 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5794 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5797 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5799 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5801 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5802 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5806 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5810 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5812 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5813 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5814 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5815 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5816 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5817 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5819 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5821 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5822 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5825 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5828 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5834 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5835 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5836 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5840 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5843 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5846 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5847 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5848 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5849 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5850 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5851 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5852 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5853 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5855 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5859 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5862 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5863 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5864 sometimes don't work. */
5866 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5869 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5870 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5871 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5872 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5874 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5875 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5877 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5879 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5880 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5882 static int temp_index
;
5883 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5885 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5886 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5888 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5890 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5891 on a particular display. */
5893 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5895 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5896 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5897 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5898 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5900 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5902 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5905 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5906 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5907 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5908 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5909 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5910 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5914 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5915 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5925 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5926 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5927 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5929 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5931 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5935 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5936 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5939 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5940 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5941 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5944 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5945 event
->xclient
.window
);
5947 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5952 static int current_count
;
5953 static int current_finish
;
5954 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5956 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5957 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5958 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5959 static GdkFilterReturn
5960 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5965 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5967 if (current_count
>= 0)
5969 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5971 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5974 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5975 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5976 so we do it here. */
5977 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5978 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5979 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5983 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5987 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5992 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5994 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5995 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5997 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5999 #endif /* USE_GTK */
6002 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
6004 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
6005 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
6006 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
6008 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
6011 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
6012 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6015 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6018 struct input_event ie
;
6019 struct selection_input_event sie
;
6024 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
6025 struct coding_system coding
;
6026 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
6028 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6030 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
6031 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
6038 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6039 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
6040 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
6042 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6043 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
6045 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
6046 could be the shell widget window
6047 if the frame has no title bar. */
6048 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6050 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
6051 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
6052 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
6054 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
6055 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
6056 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
6057 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
6058 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
6061 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
6062 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
6063 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
6064 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
6067 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
6068 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
6069 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
6072 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
6073 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
6074 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
6076 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
6077 /* The ICCCM says this is
6078 the only valid choice. */
6080 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
6081 /* This is needed to detect the error
6082 if there is an error. */
6084 x_uncatch_errors ();
6086 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
6091 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6092 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
6094 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
6095 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
6096 the session manager, who's looking for such a
6097 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
6098 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
6099 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
6100 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
6101 session manager and one for this. */
6103 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
6106 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6107 event
.xclient
.window
);
6108 /* This is just so we only give real data once
6109 for a single Emacs process. */
6110 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
6111 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6112 event
.xclient
.window
,
6113 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
6115 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6116 event
.xclient
.window
,
6122 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6123 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
6125 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6126 event
.xclient
.window
);
6128 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
6130 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6131 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6138 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6139 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6144 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6145 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6148 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6150 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6151 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6155 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6162 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6163 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6165 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6167 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6171 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6173 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6174 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6175 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6176 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6178 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6179 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6180 currently never do because we are interested in
6181 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6182 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6183 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6186 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6187 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6191 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6192 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6193 we construct an input_event. */
6194 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6195 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6197 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6198 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6201 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6203 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6206 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6207 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6211 case SelectionNotify
:
6212 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6213 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6214 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6216 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6217 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6220 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6221 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6222 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6223 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6225 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6227 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6229 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6230 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6231 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6232 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6233 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6237 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6238 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6239 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6240 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6242 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6244 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6245 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6247 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6248 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6249 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6250 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6251 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6252 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6253 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6254 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6258 case PropertyNotify
:
6259 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6260 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6261 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6262 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6263 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6264 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6268 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6271 case ReparentNotify
:
6272 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6276 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6277 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6281 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6282 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6283 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6288 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6291 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6294 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6295 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6296 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6297 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6298 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6301 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6303 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6304 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6305 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6306 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6310 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6311 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6315 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6316 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6318 #if defined USE_LUCID
6319 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6320 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6321 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6324 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6326 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6328 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6330 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6331 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6333 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6334 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6335 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6338 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6339 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6342 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6343 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6347 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6348 source area was obscured or not
6350 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6354 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6355 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6356 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6358 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6361 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6364 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6365 source area was completely
6370 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6371 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6374 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6377 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6378 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6379 the frame was deleted. */
6381 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6382 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6383 display that won't ever be seen. */
6384 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6385 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6386 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6387 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6388 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6389 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6390 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6391 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6393 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6395 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6396 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6402 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6403 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6404 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6407 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6408 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6409 frame is visible. */
6410 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6413 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6414 the frame's display structures.
6415 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6416 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6417 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6418 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6419 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6420 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6422 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6423 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6424 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6428 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6429 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6431 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6432 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6433 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6434 to update the frame titles
6435 in case this is the second frame. */
6436 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6442 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6443 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6445 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6446 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6447 if (popup_activated ())
6451 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6453 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6454 mouse highlighting. */
6455 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6457 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6459 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6460 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6463 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6466 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6467 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6468 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6470 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6472 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6473 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6476 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6480 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6481 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6482 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6485 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6486 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6487 status_return even if the input is too long to
6488 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6489 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6490 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6491 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6492 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6493 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6494 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6496 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6500 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6501 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6502 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6504 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6508 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6509 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6510 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6512 /* This will have to go some day... */
6514 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6515 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6516 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6517 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6518 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6519 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6520 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6522 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6523 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6524 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6525 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6526 not it is combined with Meta. */
6527 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6528 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6533 Status status_return
;
6535 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6536 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6537 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6538 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6540 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6542 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6543 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6544 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6545 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6546 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6549 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6550 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6551 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6552 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6553 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6554 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6555 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6556 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6558 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6560 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6561 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6562 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6565 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6571 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6573 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6578 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6579 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6583 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6584 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6587 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6588 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6592 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6593 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6594 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6597 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6598 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6600 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6601 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6603 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6604 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6606 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6607 translations to characters. */
6608 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6609 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6611 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6612 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6616 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6617 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6619 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6620 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6622 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6623 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6627 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6628 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6629 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6633 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6634 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6635 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6636 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6640 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6641 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6642 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6643 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6644 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6645 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6647 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6648 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6650 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6651 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6652 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6653 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6654 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6655 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6657 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6658 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6660 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6661 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6663 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6664 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6666 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6667 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6669 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6670 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6672 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6673 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6675 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6676 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6678 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6679 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6681 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6682 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6684 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6685 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6687 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6688 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6690 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6691 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6693 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6694 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6696 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6697 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6698 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6699 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6700 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6701 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6702 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6703 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6704 don't have real modifiers but
6705 should be treated similarly to
6706 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6707 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6708 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6710 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6711 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6715 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6716 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6718 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6719 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6723 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6728 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6730 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6732 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6735 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6737 /* Decode the input data. */
6741 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6742 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6743 we used just above and the locale. */
6744 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6745 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6746 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6747 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6748 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6749 gives us composition information. */
6750 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6752 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6753 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6754 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6755 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6756 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6757 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6758 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6759 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6762 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6763 character events. */
6764 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6766 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6767 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6769 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6771 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6772 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6773 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6775 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6778 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6779 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6782 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6784 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6790 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6791 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6799 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6801 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6802 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6810 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6811 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6813 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6815 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6816 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6819 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6821 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6822 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6824 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6826 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6827 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6830 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6831 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6834 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6835 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6836 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6837 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6839 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6840 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6841 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6842 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6847 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6851 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6852 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6854 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6857 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6859 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6860 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6861 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6862 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6865 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6866 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6867 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6868 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6869 if (any_help_event_p
)
6873 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6874 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6875 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6880 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6885 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6886 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6887 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6889 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6890 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6891 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6893 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6895 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6897 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6898 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6904 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6905 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
))
6909 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6910 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6913 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6914 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6915 will be selected only when it is active. */
6916 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6917 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6918 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6919 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6920 create event iff we don't leave the
6922 && (focus_follows_mouse
6923 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6924 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6926 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6927 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6932 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6933 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6937 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6938 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6939 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6940 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6943 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6944 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6946 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6947 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6948 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6951 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6952 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6953 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6954 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6959 case ConfigureNotify
:
6960 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6963 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6965 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6966 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6967 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6968 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6969 do this one, the right one will come later.
6970 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6971 need to reset it below. */
6973 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6974 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6975 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6976 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6981 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6982 is called by the code that handles resizing
6983 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6985 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6986 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6987 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6988 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6989 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6990 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6991 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6993 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6994 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6995 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6997 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7000 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
7001 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
7004 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
7005 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
7006 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
7007 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
7010 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
7012 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
7013 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
7017 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
7018 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7021 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
7023 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
7024 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
7025 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
7026 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
7034 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
7035 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
7038 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
7039 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
7040 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
7042 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
7044 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
7045 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
7047 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
7051 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
7052 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
7053 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
7056 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
7057 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
7059 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
7060 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
7062 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
7064 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
7065 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
7066 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
7067 event
.xbutton
.state
));
7072 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7073 if (! popup_activated ())
7076 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
7078 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
7079 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
7081 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7082 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
7084 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
7085 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7088 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
7093 struct scroll_bar
*bar
7094 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
7095 event
.xbutton
.window
);
7097 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7098 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
7100 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
7102 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
7103 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7105 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7107 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
7108 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7111 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7113 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
7114 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
7117 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
7120 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
7122 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
7123 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
7124 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
7128 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7129 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
7130 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
7131 don't pass it to Xt right now.
7132 Instead, save it away
7133 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
7134 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
7137 ! popup_activated ()
7140 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
7141 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
7142 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
7143 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
7144 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
7145 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
7146 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
7147 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
7149 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7150 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
7152 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7155 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7157 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7161 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
7162 but I am trying to be cautious. */
7163 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
7165 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
7167 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
7168 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
7169 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7174 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
7177 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7181 case CirculateNotify
:
7184 case CirculateRequest
:
7187 case VisibilityNotify
:
7191 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7193 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7195 case MappingModifier
:
7196 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7197 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7198 case MappingKeyboard
:
7199 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7205 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7207 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7208 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7210 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7215 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7217 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7222 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7227 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7233 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7234 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7235 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7239 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7240 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7250 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7251 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7252 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7254 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7256 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7260 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7261 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7263 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7266 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7272 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7273 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7274 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7276 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7277 thus pretending to be `read'.
7279 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7282 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7283 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7285 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7289 int event_found
= 0;
7290 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7292 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7294 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7298 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7301 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7302 input_signal_count
++;
7307 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7308 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7310 struct input_event inev
;
7312 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7313 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7314 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7316 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7323 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7324 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7326 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7327 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7330 #if 0 /* This loop is a noop now. */
7331 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7332 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7333 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7335 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7337 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7338 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7339 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7340 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7341 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7342 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7345 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7346 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7347 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7348 for X connections. */
7351 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7353 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7354 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7355 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7356 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7358 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7365 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7369 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7372 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7373 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7378 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7379 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7381 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7387 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7388 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7389 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7390 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7392 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7393 from all displays. */
7395 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7397 current_count
= count
;
7398 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7400 gtk_main_iteration ();
7402 count
= current_count
;
7404 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7406 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7409 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7413 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7414 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7417 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7418 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7419 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7421 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7425 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7426 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7428 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7430 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7431 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7435 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7437 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7438 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7440 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7441 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7453 /***********************************************************************
7455 ***********************************************************************/
7457 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7458 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7460 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7461 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7462 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7465 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7467 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7471 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7472 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7473 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7475 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7477 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7478 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7479 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7480 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7481 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7483 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7487 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7490 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7492 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7494 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7495 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7496 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7499 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7502 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7503 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7504 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7505 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7508 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7509 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7510 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7512 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7513 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7514 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7515 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7516 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7518 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7519 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7520 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7522 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7523 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7524 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7525 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7529 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7531 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7532 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7533 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7537 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7539 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7541 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7543 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7544 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7546 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7547 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7549 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7550 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7553 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7554 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7555 the bar might not be in the window. */
7556 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7558 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7559 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7560 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7564 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7565 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7566 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7567 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7568 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7571 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7572 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7573 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7574 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7575 that the glyph is legible. */
7576 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7577 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7579 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7580 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7583 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7586 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7587 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7591 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7592 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7594 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7595 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7597 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7598 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7599 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7600 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7601 width
, row
->height
);
7603 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7604 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7605 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7606 row
->height
- width
),
7607 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7610 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7615 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7618 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7622 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7626 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7629 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7631 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7633 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7634 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7638 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7641 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7643 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7645 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7648 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7652 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7653 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7655 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7656 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7658 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7659 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7662 switch (cursor_type
)
7664 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7665 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7668 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7669 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7673 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7677 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7681 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7689 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7690 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7691 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7696 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7703 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7706 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7712 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7715 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7716 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7717 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7718 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7723 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7724 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7725 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7727 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7728 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7729 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7733 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7734 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7738 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7740 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7743 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7745 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7746 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7747 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7749 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7752 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7753 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7757 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7758 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7762 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7763 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7764 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7765 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7766 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7768 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7771 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7772 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7778 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7779 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7782 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7786 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7791 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7792 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7794 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7795 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7798 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7799 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7800 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7801 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7806 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7808 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7809 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7811 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7812 be called from a signal handler.
7815 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7816 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7818 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7820 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7822 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7823 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7824 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7827 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7831 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7832 x_error_message
->string
,
7833 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7836 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7837 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7840 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7841 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7842 stored in *x_error_message.
7844 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7845 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7847 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7849 void x_check_errors ();
7852 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7855 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7857 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7861 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7862 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7863 x_error_message
= data
;
7866 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7867 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7872 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7876 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7877 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7878 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7879 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7881 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7882 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7887 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7888 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7889 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7892 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7896 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7899 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7901 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7902 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7903 x_uncatch_errors ();
7904 error (format
, string
);
7908 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7909 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7912 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7915 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7918 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7921 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7924 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7927 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7930 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7931 * idea. --lorentey */
7932 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7935 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7937 while (x_error_message
)
7938 x_uncatch_errors ();
7942 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7945 x_catching_errors ()
7947 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7951 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7954 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7959 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7960 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7961 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7962 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7963 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7966 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7967 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7970 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7971 must reestablish each time */
7972 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7977 /************************************************************************
7979 ************************************************************************/
7981 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7983 static char *error_msg
;
7985 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7986 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7987 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7990 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7992 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7996 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7997 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
8000 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
8002 char *error_message
;
8004 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
8005 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8006 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8008 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
8009 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
8010 handling_signal
= 0;
8012 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
8013 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
8014 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
8015 the original message here. */
8016 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8018 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
8019 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
8023 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
8025 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
8026 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
8029 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
8030 that are on the dead display. */
8031 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8033 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
8035 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
8036 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
8037 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
8038 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
8039 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
8040 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
8043 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
8044 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
8045 for another frame that we need to delete. */
8046 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8047 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
8048 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
8050 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
8051 trying to find a replacement. */
8052 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
8053 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
8056 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
8057 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
8058 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
8060 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
8061 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
8062 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
8064 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
8065 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
8067 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
8068 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
8069 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
8071 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8072 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
8073 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
8076 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
8077 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
8078 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
8079 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
8085 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
8090 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
8091 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
8093 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
8094 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
8095 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
8096 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
8099 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
8102 x_uncatch_errors ();
8104 if (terminal_list
== 0)
8106 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
8107 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
8111 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
8113 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
8115 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
8116 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8118 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
8119 clear_waiting_for_input ();
8120 /* FIXME: This is an asynchronous interrupt w.r.t elisp, so signalling an
8121 error might not be the best thing to do. I'd vote for creating an
8122 elisp event and stuffing it in the queue so people can bind to it via
8123 the global map. --Stef */
8124 error ("%s", error_msg
);
8127 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
8128 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
8129 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
8131 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
8132 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
8135 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
8139 if (x_error_message
)
8140 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
8142 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
8146 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
8147 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
8148 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8150 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
8152 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
8153 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
8158 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
8164 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
8165 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
8167 static void NO_INLINE
8168 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
8172 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
8174 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
8175 or colors that are not defined. */
8177 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
8180 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8181 original error handler. */
8183 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8184 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8185 buf
, error
->request_code
);
8186 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8190 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8191 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8192 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8195 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8200 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8201 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8205 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8207 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
8208 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
8209 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
8210 The return value shows which font we chose. */
8213 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
8215 register char *fontname
;
8217 struct font_info
*fontp
8218 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, fontname
);
8223 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
))
8224 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8226 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
8228 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
8229 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
8230 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
8232 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
8233 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
8234 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
8236 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8238 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8239 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8241 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8242 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8243 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8247 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8248 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8251 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
8252 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8254 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
8255 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
8256 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
8257 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
8258 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
8259 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
8261 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8262 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8263 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8264 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8265 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8268 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
8271 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default fontset,
8272 and return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a
8273 wildcard pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits
8274 the pattern. FONTSETNAME may be a font name for ASCII characters;
8275 in that case, we create a fontset from that font name.
8277 The return value shows which fontset we chose.
8278 If FONTSETNAME specifies the default fontset, return Qt.
8279 If an ASCII font in the specified fontset can't be loaded, return
8283 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
8285 Lisp_Object fontsetname
;
8287 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (fontsetname
, 0);
8290 if (fontset
> 0 && f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
8291 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
8293 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8294 else if (fontset
== 0)
8295 /* The default fontset can't be the default font. */
8299 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
8301 result
= x_new_font (f
, SDATA (fontsetname
));
8303 if (!STRINGP (result
))
8304 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
8308 fontset
= new_fontset_from_font_name (result
);
8310 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
8311 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8315 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8316 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8319 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8322 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
8324 x_new_fontset2 (f
, fontset
, font_object
)
8327 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8329 struct font
*font
= XSAVE_VALUE (font_object
)->pointer
;
8331 if (FRAME_FONT_OBJECT (f
) == font
)
8332 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8334 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8338 FRAME_FONT_OBJECT (f
) = font
;
8339 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
->font
.font
;
8340 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->font
.baseline_offset
;
8341 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8343 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->font
.average_width
;
8344 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->font
.space_width
;
8345 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = font
->font
.height
;
8347 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8349 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8350 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8352 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8353 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8354 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8358 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8359 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8362 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
8363 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8365 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8366 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8367 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8368 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8369 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8374 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8375 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8380 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8382 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
8385 /***********************************************************************
8387 ***********************************************************************/
8393 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8394 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8395 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8398 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8400 XPointer client_data
;
8403 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8404 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8408 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8409 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8411 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8412 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8414 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8415 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8419 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8420 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8421 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8425 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8428 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8429 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8432 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8433 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8436 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8437 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8438 char *resource_name
;
8445 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8452 XIMCallback destroy
;
8455 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8456 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8459 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8460 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8461 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8467 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8468 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8472 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8476 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8477 char *resource_name
;
8480 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8481 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8482 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8483 when the callback was registered. */
8486 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8488 XPointer client_data
;
8491 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8492 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8494 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8498 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8500 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8501 as they have no XIC. */
8502 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8504 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8507 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8509 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8512 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8513 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8515 create_frame_xic (f
);
8516 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8517 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8518 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8520 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8521 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8530 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8533 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8534 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8535 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8536 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8539 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8540 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8541 char *resource_name
;
8546 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8547 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8550 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8551 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8552 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8553 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8554 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8555 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8556 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8557 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8558 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8559 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8560 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8561 least, hence the configure test. */
8562 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8563 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8564 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8565 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8566 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8570 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8571 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8575 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8578 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8579 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8584 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8585 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8586 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8588 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8589 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8590 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8591 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8592 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8593 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8595 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8598 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8602 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8603 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8606 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8609 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8611 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8612 is already for the top-left corner. */
8613 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8616 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8617 position that fits on the screen. */
8618 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8619 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8620 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8623 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8625 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8626 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8627 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8629 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8630 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8631 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8632 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8635 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8636 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8638 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8641 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8642 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8645 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8646 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8647 so the flags should correspond. */
8648 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8651 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8652 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8653 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8654 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8655 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8658 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8660 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8663 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8665 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8667 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8668 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8672 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8674 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8676 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8677 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8679 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8682 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8684 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8685 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8687 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8689 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8690 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8691 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8692 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8693 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8696 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8697 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8699 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8700 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8703 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8704 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8705 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8706 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8709 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8710 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8711 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8713 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8714 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8715 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8716 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8717 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8718 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8723 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8724 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8725 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8726 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8727 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8730 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8732 const char *atomname
;
8735 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8736 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8738 Window wmcheck_window
;
8739 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8740 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8741 long max_len
= 65536;
8742 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8743 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8744 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8749 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8751 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8752 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8753 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8754 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8755 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8757 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8759 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8760 x_uncatch_errors ();
8765 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8768 /* Check if window exists. */
8769 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8771 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8773 x_uncatch_errors ();
8778 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8780 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8781 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8782 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8783 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8784 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8785 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8787 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8788 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8790 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8791 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8792 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8793 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8795 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8797 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8798 x_uncatch_errors ();
8803 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8804 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8805 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8809 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8811 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8812 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8814 x_uncatch_errors ();
8820 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8823 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8826 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8828 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8829 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8831 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8836 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8837 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8838 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8839 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8840 const char *what
= NULL
;
8842 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8844 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8846 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8848 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8851 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8854 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8859 if (what
!= NULL
&& !wm_supports (f
, what
)) return 0;
8862 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8863 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8865 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8867 (make_unibyte_string (fs
,
8870 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8871 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8873 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8875 (make_unibyte_string (fh
,
8878 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8879 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8881 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8883 (make_unibyte_string (fw
,
8886 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8888 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8889 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8891 Fcons (make_number (1), /* Add */
8893 (make_unibyte_string (what
,
8898 return have_net_atom
;
8902 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8905 if (f
->async_visible
)
8908 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
);
8915 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8916 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8918 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8921 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8923 int width
, height
, ign
;
8925 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8928 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8930 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8932 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8933 when setting WM manager hints.
8934 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8935 x_check_expected_move. */
8936 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8938 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8939 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8940 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8942 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8943 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8948 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8949 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8950 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8951 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8952 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8953 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8954 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8957 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8962 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8964 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8965 window manager window around the frame. */
8967 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8969 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8971 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8976 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8977 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8978 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8980 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8982 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8983 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8985 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8986 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8988 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8991 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8992 frame's position. */
8994 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8998 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8999 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
9000 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
9001 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
9002 of an exact comparison. */
9005 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
9007 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
9011 while (count
++ < 50)
9013 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
9015 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
9016 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
9019 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9020 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
9024 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
9027 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
9028 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
9031 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
9035 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
9036 will then return up-to-date position info. */
9038 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
9042 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
9043 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
9044 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
9045 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9048 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
9053 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
9055 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
9056 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
9057 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
9059 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
9060 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
9061 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
9063 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
9065 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
9066 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
9068 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9069 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
9071 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9072 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9073 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
9075 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
9076 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
9077 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
9078 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
9080 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
9081 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
9082 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
9083 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
9084 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
9086 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
9088 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
9089 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
9090 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
9092 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
9093 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
9094 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
9095 we have to make sure to do it here. */
9096 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9098 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9102 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
9103 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
9104 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
9105 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9108 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
9116 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
9117 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
9119 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9122 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
9124 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
9125 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
9126 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
9127 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
9128 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
9129 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
9130 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
9131 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
9132 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
9135 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9137 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9139 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9141 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9143 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9144 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
9146 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9147 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9148 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9149 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9150 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9155 /* Mouse warping. */
9158 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
9164 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
9165 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
9167 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
9168 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9170 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
9171 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9175 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9176 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9180 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
9183 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
9189 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9190 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9194 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9197 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
9200 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
9204 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
9205 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
9206 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
9207 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9208 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9217 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
9218 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
9219 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
9220 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9224 /* Raise frame F. */
9231 if (f
->async_visible
)
9232 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9234 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9238 /* Lower frame F. */
9244 if (f
->async_visible
)
9247 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9248 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9253 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9256 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
9259 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9260 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9262 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
9263 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
9266 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9267 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9268 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9270 Fcons (make_number (1),
9271 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9277 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9287 /* Change of visibility. */
9289 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9290 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9291 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9292 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9293 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9294 finishes with it. */
9297 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9301 int original_top
, original_left
;
9302 int retry_count
= 2;
9308 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9310 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9312 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9314 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9315 call x_set_offset a second time
9316 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9317 before the window gets really visible. */
9318 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9319 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9320 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9322 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9324 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9325 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9326 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9327 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9328 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9329 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9331 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9332 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9334 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9335 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9336 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9337 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
9338 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
9339 to come back ok without this. */
9340 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
9341 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9345 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9347 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9348 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9349 so that incoming events are handled. */
9353 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9354 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9355 will set it when they are handled. */
9356 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9358 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9359 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9361 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9364 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9366 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9367 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9368 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9369 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9371 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9372 because the window manager may choose the position
9373 and we don't want to override it. */
9375 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9376 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9377 && previously_visible
)
9381 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9385 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9386 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9387 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9388 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9389 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9390 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9391 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9392 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9393 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9395 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9396 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9397 original_left
, original_top
);
9402 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9404 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9405 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9406 MapNotify at all.. */
9407 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9408 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9410 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9413 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9414 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9415 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9416 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9417 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9419 if (input_polling_used ())
9421 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9422 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9423 handler reset it. */
9424 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9425 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9426 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9427 poll_for_input_1 ();
9428 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9431 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9432 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9437 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9441 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9442 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9443 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9444 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9446 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9451 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9453 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9456 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9461 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9462 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9464 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9465 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9466 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9468 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
9469 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
9475 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9476 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9477 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9478 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9479 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9480 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9483 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9484 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9489 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9490 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9492 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9493 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9497 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9498 just by the event that we get from the server.
9499 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9500 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9501 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9503 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9504 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9505 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9512 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9521 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9522 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9523 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9525 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9530 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9532 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9534 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9537 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9539 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9540 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9542 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9545 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9546 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9552 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9554 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9556 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9557 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9558 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9559 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9560 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9561 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9562 so we have to record it here. */
9565 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9566 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9571 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9572 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9573 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9577 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9579 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9580 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9584 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9586 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9588 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9589 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9590 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9591 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9593 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9594 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9596 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9597 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9601 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9602 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9603 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9604 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9605 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9607 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9608 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9610 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9613 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9614 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9618 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9620 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9622 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9624 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9625 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9628 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9629 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9631 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9633 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9637 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9640 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9643 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9645 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9649 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9650 commands to the X server. */
9651 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9653 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
9654 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9655 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9657 if (enable_font_backend
9658 && FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9659 free_frame_faces (f
);
9660 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
9662 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9663 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9665 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9666 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9667 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9668 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9669 toolkit scroll bars. */
9670 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9672 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9673 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9682 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9683 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9685 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9686 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9688 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9689 we are using a toolkit. */
9690 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9691 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9693 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9694 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9697 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9698 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9699 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9701 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9702 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9703 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9705 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9707 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9708 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9709 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9711 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9712 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9713 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9714 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9715 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9716 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9718 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9719 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9720 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9721 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9722 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9723 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9724 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9725 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9726 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9727 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9728 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9729 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9730 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9731 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9732 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9734 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9735 free_frame_faces (f
);
9738 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9741 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9742 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9744 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9745 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9747 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9748 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9749 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9750 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9751 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9752 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9754 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9756 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9757 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9758 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9759 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9760 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9761 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9762 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9769 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9772 x_destroy_window (f
)
9775 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9777 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9778 commands to the X server. */
9779 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9780 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9782 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9786 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9788 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9789 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9790 that the window now has.
9791 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9792 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9793 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9797 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9802 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9804 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9807 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9810 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9812 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9813 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9815 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9816 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9818 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9819 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9820 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9821 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9822 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9823 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9824 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9825 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9826 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9827 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9829 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9830 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9831 size_hints
.max_width
9832 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9833 size_hints
.max_height
9834 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9836 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9838 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9839 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9840 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9842 int base_width
, base_height
;
9843 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9845 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9846 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9848 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9850 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9851 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9852 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9853 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9854 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9856 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9857 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9858 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9860 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9861 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9862 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9863 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9864 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9867 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9870 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9873 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9876 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9877 long supplied_return
;
9880 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9883 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9884 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9885 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9886 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9887 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9891 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9896 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9897 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9898 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9899 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9900 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9901 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9902 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9903 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9907 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9912 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9913 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9917 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9918 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9920 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9922 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9924 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9926 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9929 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9933 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9936 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9937 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9938 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9939 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9941 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9942 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9944 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9945 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9949 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9953 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9955 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9956 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9961 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9962 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9963 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9964 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9968 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9969 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9970 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9971 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9972 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9973 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9974 best to explicitly give up. */
9976 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9977 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9986 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9990 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9994 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9995 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9996 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9997 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
10000 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
10002 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
10003 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
10005 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
10009 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
10011 int icon_x
, icon_y
;
10013 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10015 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
10016 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
10017 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
10019 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
10023 /***********************************************************************
10025 ***********************************************************************/
10027 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
10030 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
10034 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
10038 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
10040 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
10043 SIZE < 0 means include auto scaled fonts.
10045 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
10046 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
10047 on how many fonts to match. */
10050 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
10052 Lisp_Object pattern
;
10056 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
10057 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
10058 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
10059 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
10060 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10061 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
10062 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
10066 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
10070 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
10071 if (NILP (patterns
))
10072 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
10074 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
10075 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
10076 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
10078 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
10081 char **names
= NULL
;
10083 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
10084 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
10085 The cache is an alist of the form:
10086 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
10087 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
10088 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
10089 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
10090 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
10093 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
10094 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
10098 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
10101 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10103 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
10106 unsigned long value
;
10108 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
10109 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10111 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10112 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10114 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
10118 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
10120 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
10121 int len
= strlen (name
);
10124 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
10125 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
10126 string. We must avoid such a name. */
10128 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
10132 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
10133 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
10135 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
10136 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
10141 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
10144 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
10147 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
10149 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
10150 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
10155 for (limit
= 500;;)
10157 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
10158 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
10161 XFreeFontNames (names
);
10170 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
10173 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10175 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10176 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10178 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
10182 x_uncatch_errors ();
10189 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
10190 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
10191 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
10194 char *p
= names
[i
];
10195 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
10197 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
10198 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
10199 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
10200 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
10201 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
10202 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
10207 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
10209 else if (dashes
== 9)
10211 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
10212 average_width
= atoi (p
);
10215 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
10216 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
10218 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
10219 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
10221 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
10222 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
10223 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
10225 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
10226 width of this font. */
10227 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
10229 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
10230 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
10235 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
10238 XFreeFontNames (names
);
10243 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
10244 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10245 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10248 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
10250 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
10251 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
10252 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10258 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
10262 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
10266 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
10268 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
10269 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
10270 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
10273 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10274 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
10275 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
10276 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10278 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10279 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10281 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
10283 x_uncatch_errors ();
10289 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
10291 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
10293 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
10297 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
10298 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
10299 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
10300 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
10303 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
10304 if (found_size
== size
)
10305 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
10306 else if (found_size
> 0)
10308 if (NILP (second_best
))
10310 else if (found_size
< size
)
10312 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
10313 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
10318 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
10319 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
10324 if (!NILP (newlist
))
10326 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
10328 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
10339 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
10343 x_check_font (f
, font
)
10348 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10350 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
10352 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10353 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10354 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
10357 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
10360 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10362 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
10363 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
10364 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
10365 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
10366 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
10369 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
10373 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
10374 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
10376 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
10377 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
10378 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
10380 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
10384 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
10385 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
10386 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
10387 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
10388 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
10391 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
10395 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10397 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
10398 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
10400 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
10401 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
10403 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
10404 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10406 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
10409 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
10410 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
10411 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
10413 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
10414 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
10417 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
10418 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
10420 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
10421 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
10422 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
10426 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
10427 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
10428 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
10429 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
10432 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
10434 register char *fontname
;
10437 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10438 Lisp_Object font_names
;
10440 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
10441 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
10442 we already have by comparing names. */
10443 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
10445 if (!NILP (font_names
))
10450 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10451 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10452 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10453 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
10454 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
10455 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
10456 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
10457 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10460 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
10464 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10465 unsigned long value
;
10468 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
10469 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
10470 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
10471 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
10472 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
10473 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
10474 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
10477 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10478 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
10479 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
10481 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10482 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10484 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10486 x_uncatch_errors ();
10491 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
10492 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
10493 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
10496 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
10497 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
10498 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
10501 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
10502 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
10503 dpyinfo
->font_table
10504 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
10507 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
10508 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
10509 ++dpyinfo
->n_fonts
;
10511 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
10513 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
10514 fontp
->font
= font
;
10515 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
10516 fontp
->charset
= -1; /* fs_load_font sets it. */
10517 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
10518 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
10520 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
10522 /* Fixed width font. */
10523 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
10530 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
10531 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
10533 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
10535 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
10537 fontp
->average_width
10538 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
10539 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
10540 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
10541 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
10542 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
10546 int width
= pcm
->width
;
10547 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
10548 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
10549 width
+= pcm
->width
;
10550 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
10553 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
10557 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
10559 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
10561 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
10565 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
10566 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
10568 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
10579 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
10580 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
10586 if (full_name
!= 0)
10587 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
10589 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
10591 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
10592 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
10594 if (NILP (font_names
))
10596 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
10597 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
10598 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
10599 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
10600 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
10601 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
10604 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10606 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10607 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10609 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10612 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
10614 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10616 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10617 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10619 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10623 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
10624 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
10625 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
10626 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
10627 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
10628 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding_type
10629 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
10630 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
10631 fontp
->encoding_type
10632 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
10634 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10635 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10636 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
10637 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
10638 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
10640 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
10641 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
10642 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10643 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10644 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10645 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10646 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10647 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10648 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10649 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10650 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10651 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10652 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10654 fontp
->baseline_offset
10655 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10656 ? (long) value
: 0);
10657 fontp
->relative_compose
10658 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10659 ? (long) value
: 0);
10660 fontp
->default_ascent
10661 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10662 ? (long) value
: 0);
10664 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10665 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10666 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10667 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10668 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10669 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10676 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10677 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10680 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10682 register char *fontname
;
10684 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10687 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10688 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10689 && (!xstricmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10690 || !xstricmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10691 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10696 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10697 `encoder' of the structure. */
10700 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10701 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10703 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10706 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10710 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10711 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10713 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10720 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10721 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10723 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10726 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10731 /* Return a char-table whose elements are t if the font FONT_INFO
10732 contains a glyph for the corresponding character, and nil if
10736 x_get_font_repertory (f
, font_info
)
10738 struct font_info
*font_info
;
10740 XFontStruct
*font
= (XFontStruct
*) font_info
->font
;
10742 int min_byte1
, max_byte1
, min_byte2
, max_byte2
;
10744 struct charset
*charset
= CHARSET_FROM_ID (font_info
->charset
);
10745 int offset
= CHARSET_OFFSET (charset
);
10747 table
= Fmake_char_table (Qnil
, Qnil
);
10749 min_byte1
= font
->min_byte1
;
10750 max_byte1
= font
->max_byte1
;
10751 min_byte2
= font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
10752 max_byte2
= font
->max_char_or_byte2
;
10753 if (min_byte1
== 0 && max_byte1
== 0)
10755 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10758 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ min_byte2
,
10759 offset
+ max_byte2
, Qt
);
10761 for (; min_byte2
<= max_byte2
; min_byte2
++)
10763 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, min_byte2
);
10764 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10769 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10773 for (i
= min_byte2
; i
<= max_byte2
; i
++, pcm
++)
10775 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10780 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
,
10781 offset
+ i
- 1, Qt
);
10783 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10785 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10786 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10797 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
, offset
+ i
- 1,
10800 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10802 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10803 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10810 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10815 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10816 char_table_set_range
10817 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | min_byte2
),
10818 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | max_byte2
), Qt
);
10820 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10821 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++)
10823 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | j
;
10824 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10825 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10830 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10833 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10838 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++, pcm
++)
10840 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10845 char_table_set_range
10846 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10847 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10850 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10852 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10853 c
= ENCODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10854 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10866 char_table_set_range
10867 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10868 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10871 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10873 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10874 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10875 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10886 /***********************************************************************
10888 ***********************************************************************/
10890 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10891 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10892 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10893 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10895 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10896 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10897 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10899 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10900 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10901 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10902 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10903 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10904 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10905 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10908 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
10910 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
10912 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10914 static int x_initialized
;
10917 static int x_session_initialized
;
10920 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10921 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10922 the screen number from the server number. */
10924 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10925 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10927 int seen_colon
= 0;
10928 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10929 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10930 int length_until_period
= 0;
10932 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10933 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10934 length_until_period
++;
10936 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10937 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10939 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10941 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10942 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10943 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10944 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10945 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10946 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10947 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10948 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10949 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10950 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10951 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10952 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10953 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10954 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10956 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10960 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10964 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10965 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10969 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10970 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10973 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10974 unsigned long mask
;
10981 while (!(mask
& 1))
10997 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
10998 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
11001 x_display_ok (display
)
11002 const char *display
;
11007 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
11009 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11015 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
11016 the structure that describes the open display.
11017 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
11019 struct x_display_info
*
11020 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
11021 Lisp_Object display_name
;
11023 char *resource_name
;
11027 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11028 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11033 if (!x_initialized
)
11039 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
11040 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
11044 #define NUM_ARGV 10
11046 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
11047 char **argv2
= argv
;
11050 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
11051 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, intern ("x")))
11052 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
11055 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
11057 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
11058 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
11059 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
11060 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
11061 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
11063 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
11067 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
11071 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
11073 if (! NILP (display_name
))
11075 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
11076 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
11079 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
11080 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
11082 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11084 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
11086 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
11090 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
11092 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
11093 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
11095 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
11097 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
11098 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
11100 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
11101 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
11103 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
11104 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
11107 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11108 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11111 #else /* not USE_GTK */
11112 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11113 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
11115 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
11116 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
11117 So let's not use it until R6. */
11118 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11119 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
11130 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
11131 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
11133 turn_on_atimers (0);
11134 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
11135 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
11136 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
11138 turn_on_atimers (1);
11140 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11141 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
11146 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11147 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11148 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
11149 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11150 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
11152 /* Detect failure. */
11159 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
11161 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
11162 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
11164 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
11166 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
11168 struct x_display_info
*share
;
11171 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
11172 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
11173 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
11174 SDATA (display_name
)))
11177 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
11180 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
11181 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
11182 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= intern ("x");
11183 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
11185 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
11187 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
11188 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
11189 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
11193 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
11194 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
11195 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
11196 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
11197 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
11198 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
11199 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
11201 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
11205 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11206 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
11207 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
11209 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
11210 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
11211 x_display_name_list
);
11212 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
11214 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
11216 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
11217 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
11218 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
11219 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
11222 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
11226 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
11227 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
11229 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
11230 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
11232 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
11233 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
11235 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
11237 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
11238 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
11239 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11241 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
11242 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
11244 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
11245 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
11246 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
11247 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
11249 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
11251 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
11253 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
11255 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
11256 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
11257 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
11258 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11259 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11260 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11261 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11262 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
11263 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
11264 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
11265 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
11266 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
11267 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
11268 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
11269 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
11270 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
11271 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
11272 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
11273 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
11274 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
11275 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
11276 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
11277 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
11278 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
11279 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
11280 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
11281 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
11282 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
11283 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
11284 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
11285 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11286 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
11287 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
11289 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
11290 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
11291 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
11293 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
11295 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
11296 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
11297 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
11298 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
11299 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
11300 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
11303 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
11304 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
11306 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
11309 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
11310 build_string ("privateColormap"),
11311 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
11313 if (STRINGP (value
)
11314 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
11315 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
11316 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
11320 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11321 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
11324 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11325 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11326 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11327 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11328 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11329 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11330 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11331 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11332 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11335 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
11336 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
11337 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
11338 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
11339 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
11340 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
11341 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
11342 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
11343 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
11344 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
11345 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
11346 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
11347 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
11348 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
11349 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
11350 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
11351 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
11352 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
11353 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
11354 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
11355 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
11356 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
11357 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
11358 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
11359 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
11360 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
11361 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
11362 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
11363 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
11364 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
11365 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
11366 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
11367 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
11368 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
11369 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
11370 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
11371 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
11372 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
11373 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
11374 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
11375 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
11376 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
11377 /* For properties of font. */
11378 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
11379 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
11380 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
11381 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
11382 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
11383 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
11384 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
11385 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
11386 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
11387 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
11389 /* Ghostscript support. */
11390 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
11391 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
11393 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
11396 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
11398 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
11399 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
11400 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
11401 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
11403 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
11404 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
11405 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
11407 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
11408 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
11413 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
11415 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
11416 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11417 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
11422 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
11423 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
11425 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11427 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
11428 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
11432 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
11435 #ifdef subprocesses
11436 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
11437 if (connection
!= 0)
11438 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
11441 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
11443 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
11444 /* stdin is a socket here */
11445 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
11446 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11447 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
11448 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11449 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
11450 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
11453 if (interrupt_input
)
11454 init_sigio (connection
);
11455 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
11459 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
11460 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
11463 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
11464 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
11465 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
11466 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
11467 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
11468 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
11469 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
11470 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
11472 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
11473 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
11474 x_uncatch_errors ();
11478 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
11479 for debugging X code. */
11482 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
11483 build_string ("synchronous"),
11484 build_string ("Synchronous"),
11486 if (STRINGP (value
)
11487 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
11488 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
11489 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
11494 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
11495 build_string ("useXIM"),
11496 build_string ("UseXIM"),
11499 if (STRINGP (value
)
11500 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
11501 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
11504 if (STRINGP (value
)
11505 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
11506 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
11512 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
11513 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
11515 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
11516 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
11524 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
11525 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
11528 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
11529 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11532 struct terminal
*t
;
11534 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
11536 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
11537 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
11540 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
11541 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
11544 delete_terminal (t
);
11548 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
11550 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
11551 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
11552 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
11553 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
11554 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
11559 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
11560 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
11562 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
11564 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
11567 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
11571 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
11572 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
11574 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
11575 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
11578 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
11580 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
11581 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
11582 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
11585 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
11586 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
11587 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
11592 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
11595 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
11596 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
11597 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
11599 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
11600 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
11601 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
11604 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
)
11606 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
11607 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
11608 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
11610 if (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
)
11611 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
11612 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
11613 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
11617 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11619 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
11620 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
11621 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
11622 that slows us down. */
11625 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
11626 struct atimer
*timer
;
11629 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
11630 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
11632 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
11633 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
11634 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
11635 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
11640 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
11641 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
11642 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
11643 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
11644 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
11645 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
11646 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
11649 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
11652 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
11654 EMACS_TIME interval
;
11656 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
11657 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
11658 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
11663 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11666 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
11668 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
11670 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
11672 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
11676 x_clear_end_of_line
,
11678 x_after_update_window_line
,
11679 x_update_window_begin
,
11680 x_update_window_end
,
11686 0, /* flush_display_optional */
11688 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
11689 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
11690 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
11691 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
11692 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
11693 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
11696 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
11697 x_draw_glyph_string
,
11698 x_define_frame_cursor
,
11699 x_clear_frame_area
,
11700 x_draw_window_cursor
,
11701 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
11702 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
11706 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
11708 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
11710 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
11713 /* Protect against recursive calls. Fdelete_frame in
11714 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
11715 if (!terminal
->name
)
11719 /* Free the fonts in the font table. */
11720 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
11721 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
11723 XFreeFont (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
);
11726 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
11727 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
11730 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
11732 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11733 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
11735 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
11737 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
11739 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
11743 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
11744 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
11746 static struct terminal
*
11747 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11749 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11751 terminal
= create_terminal ();
11753 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
11754 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
11755 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
11757 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
11759 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
11760 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
11761 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
11762 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
11763 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
11764 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
11765 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
11766 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
11767 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
11768 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
11769 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
11770 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
11771 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
11772 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
11773 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
11774 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
11775 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
11776 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
11777 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
11779 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
11780 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
11782 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
11783 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
11784 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
11785 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
11786 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
11787 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
11799 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
11800 any_help_event_p
= 0;
11801 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
11803 x_session_initialized
= 0;
11807 current_count
= -1;
11810 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
11811 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
11813 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11814 XtToolkitInitialize ();
11816 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
11818 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
11819 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
11820 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
11821 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
11822 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
11823 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
11824 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
11826 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
11829 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11831 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
11832 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
11836 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
11837 original error handler. */
11838 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11839 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11841 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
11842 #if 0 /* Don't. We may want to open tty frames later. */
11844 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
11845 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
11848 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
11855 x_error_message
= NULL
;
11857 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
11858 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11860 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11861 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11863 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11864 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11866 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
11867 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
11869 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
11870 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11872 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11873 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11874 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11875 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11876 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11877 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11878 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11880 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
11881 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
11882 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
11883 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
11884 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
11885 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
11886 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
11888 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11889 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11890 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11891 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11892 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11893 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11894 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11895 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11896 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11898 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11899 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11900 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11901 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11902 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11904 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
11905 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11906 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
11908 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
11910 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
11913 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11916 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11917 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11919 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
11920 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
11921 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11922 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11923 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11924 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11925 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11926 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11927 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11929 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11930 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11931 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11932 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11933 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11934 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11936 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11937 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11938 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11939 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11940 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11941 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11943 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11944 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11945 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11946 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11947 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11948 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11950 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11951 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11952 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11953 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11954 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11955 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11957 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11958 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11959 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11960 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11961 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11965 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11967 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11968 (do not change this comment) */